blob: 63d39a05e4a73adfbb82ccafc3a7c1490f02db61 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000021#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
24#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000028using namespace clang;
29
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000030
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000031/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
32/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
33///
34/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
35/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
36/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
37/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
38/// function is being used.
39///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000040/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
41/// decls.
42///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
44/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000045///
46bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
47 bool IgnoreDeprecated) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000048 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000049 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000050 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000051 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated construct.
52 bool isSilenced = IgnoreDeprecated;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000053
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000054 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
55 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
56 // warn.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000057 isSilenced |= ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>() != 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000058
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000059 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
60 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
61 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
62 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
63 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
64 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
65 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000066
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +000067 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000068 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000069 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000070 }
71 }
72 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000073
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000074 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000075 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
76 }
77
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000078 // See if the decl is unavailable
79 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
80 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
81 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
82 }
83
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000085 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000086 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
87 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
88 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
89 return true;
90 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000091 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000092
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000093 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000094}
95
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000096/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000097/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000098/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
99///
100void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000101 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000102 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000104 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
106 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000107
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000108 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
109 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000110 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000111 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
112 int isMethod = 0;
113 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
114 // skip over named parameters.
115 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
116 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
117 if (nullPos)
118 --nullPos;
119 else
120 ++i;
121 }
122 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
123 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000124 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000125 // skip over named parameters.
126 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
127 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
128 if (nullPos)
129 --nullPos;
130 else
131 ++i;
132 }
133 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000134 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000135 // block or function pointer call.
136 QualType Ty = V->getType();
137 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000138 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000139 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
140 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000141 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
142 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
143 unsigned k;
144 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
145 if (nullPos)
146 --nullPos;
147 else
148 ++i;
149 }
150 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
151 }
152 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
153 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000154 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000155 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000156 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 return;
158
159 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 return;
163 }
164 int sentinel = i;
165 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
166 --sentinelPos;
167 ++i;
168 }
169 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000171 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000172 return;
173 }
174 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
175 ++i;
176 ++sentinel;
177 }
178 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
179 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000180 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
181 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000182 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000183 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000184 }
185 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000186}
187
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000188SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
189 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
190 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
191}
192
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000193//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
194// Standard Promotions and Conversions
195//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
196
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000197/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
198void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
199 QualType Ty = E->getType();
200 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
201
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000202 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000203 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000204 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000205 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
206 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
207 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
208 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
209 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
210 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
211 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000212 //
213 // C++ 4.2p1:
214 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
215 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
216 //
217 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
218 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000219 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
220 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000221 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000222}
223
224/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000225/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000226/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
227/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
228/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
229Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
230 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
231 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000232
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000233 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
234 //
235 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
236 // unsigned int may be used:
237 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
238 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
239 // and unsigned int.
240 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
241 //
242 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
243 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
244 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
245 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000246 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
247 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000248 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000249 return Expr;
250 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000251 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000252 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000253 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000254 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000255 }
256
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000257 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000258 return Expr;
259}
260
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000261/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000262/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000263/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
264void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
265 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
266 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000267
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000268 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000269 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000270 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000271 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
272 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000273
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000274 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
275}
276
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000277/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
278/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
279/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
280/// completely illegal.
281bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000282 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000283
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000284 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
285 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
286 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
287 << Expr->getType() << CT;
288 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000289 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000290
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000291 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
292 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
293 << Expr->getType() << CT;
294
295 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000296}
297
298
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000299/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
300/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000301/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000302/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
303/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
304/// GCC.
305QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
306 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000307 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000308 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000309
310 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000311
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000312 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000313 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000314 QualType lhs =
315 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000316 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000317 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000318
319 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
320 if (lhs == rhs)
321 return lhs;
322
323 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
324 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
325 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
326 return lhs;
327
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000328 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000329 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000330 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
331 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000332 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000333 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
334 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
335
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000336 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000337 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000338 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
339 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000340 return destType;
341}
342
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000343//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
344// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
346
347
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000348/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000349/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
350/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
351/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
352/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000353///
354Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000355Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000356 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
357
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000358 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000359 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000360 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000361
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000362 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000363 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
364 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000365
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000366 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000367 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000368 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000369
370 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
371 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
372 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000373
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000374 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
375 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
376 // strings.
377 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000378 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000379 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000380
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000381 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000383 Literal.GetStringLength(),
384 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
385 &StringTokLocs[0],
386 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000387}
388
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000389/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
390/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
391/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
392/// for values inside the block or for globals).
393///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000394/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
395/// up-to-date.
396///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000397static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
398 ValueDecl *VD) {
399 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
400 // we wanted to.
401 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
402 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000403
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000404 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
405 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
406 return false;
407
408 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
409 // snapshot it.
410 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
411 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000412 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
413 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000414
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000415 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
416 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
417
418 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
419 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
420 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
421 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
422 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
423 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
424 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
425 // having a reference outside it.
426 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
427 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000429 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
430 // a snapshot as well.
431 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
432 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000434 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435}
436
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000437
438
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000439/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000440Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000441Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
442 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
443 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000444 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
445 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000446 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000447 << D->getDeclName();
448 return ExprError();
449 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000450
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000451 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
452 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
453 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
454 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000456 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000457 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000458 << D->getIdentifier();
459 return ExprError();
460 }
461 }
462 }
463 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000464
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000465 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000466
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000467 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
468 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
469 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
470 D, Loc,
471 Ty, TypeDependent, ValueDependent));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000472}
473
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000474/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
475/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
476/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000477static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
478 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000479 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000480 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000481
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000482 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
483 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
484 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000485 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000486 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000487 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000488 D != DEnd; ++D) {
489 if (*D == Record) {
490 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
491 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
492 ++D;
493 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000494 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 return *D;
496 }
497 }
498
499 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
500 return 0;
501}
502
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000503/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
504/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
505/// actual member.
506///
507/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
508/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
509/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
510/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
511/// we found.
512///
513/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
514/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
515/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
516VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
517 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000518 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
519 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
520 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
521
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000522 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000523 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
524 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
525 do {
526 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000527 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000528 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000529 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000530 else {
531 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
532 break;
533 }
534 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000535 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000536 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000537
538 return BaseObject;
539}
540
541Sema::OwningExprResult
542Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
543 FieldDecl *Field,
544 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
545 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
546 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000547 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000548 AnonFields);
549
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000550 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
551 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
552 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
553 // found via name lookup.
554 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000555 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000556 if (BaseObject) {
557 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
558 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000559 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000560 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000561 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000562 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000563 BaseQuals
564 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000565 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
566 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
567 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
568 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
569 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000570 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000571 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
572 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
573 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000574 BaseQuals
575 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 } else {
577 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
578 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
579 // program our base object expression is "this".
580 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
581 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000582 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000583 = Context.getTagDeclType(
584 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
585 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000586 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
588 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
589 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000590 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000591 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000592 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
593 }
594 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000595 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
596 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000597 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000598 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000599 }
600
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000601 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000602 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
603 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 }
605
606 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
607 // anonymous struct/union.
608 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000609 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000610 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
611 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
612 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
613 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
615 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
616
617 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
618 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
619 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
620 ResultQuals.removeConst();
621
622 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
623 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
624
625 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
626 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
627
628 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
629 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
630 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
631
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000632 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000633 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000634 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
635 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000636 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000637 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000638 }
639
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000640 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000641}
642
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000643Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
644 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
645 UnqualifiedId &Name,
646 bool HasTrailingLParen,
647 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
648 if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
649 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
650 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
651 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgIsType(),
652 Name.TemplateId->NumArgs);
653 return ActOnTemplateIdExpr(SS,
654 TemplateTy::make(Name.TemplateId->Template),
655 Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
656 Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
657 TemplateArgsPtr,
658 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgLocations(),
659 Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
660 }
661
662 // FIXME: We lose a bunch of source information by doing this. Later,
663 // we'll want to merge ActOnDeclarationNameExpr's logic into
664 // ActOnIdExpression.
665 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S,
666 Name.StartLocation,
667 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name),
668 HasTrailingLParen,
669 &SS,
670 IsAddressOfOperand);
671}
672
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000673/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
674/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
675/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
676/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
677/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000678/// this routine is called by ActOnIdExpression, which contains a
679/// parsed UnqualifiedId.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000680///
681/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
682/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
683/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
684/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000685///
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000686/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
687/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
688/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
689/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000690Sema::OwningExprResult
691Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
692 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000693 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000694 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000695 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000696 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
697 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000698
699 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
700 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
701 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
702 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000703 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000704 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000705 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000706 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson03f89b12009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000707 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
708 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000709 }
710
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000711 LookupResult Lookup;
712 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000713
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000714 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
715 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
716 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
717 : SourceRange());
718 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000719 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000720
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000721 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000722
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000723 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
724 // well.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000725 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
726 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000727 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
728 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000729 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
730 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000731 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000732 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000733 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000734 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000735 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner50afe312009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000736 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000737 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
738 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000739
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000740 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
741 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
742 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
743 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000744
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000745 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
746 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
747 // an error.
748 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
749 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
750 << IV->getDeclName());
751 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
752 // same name exists, use the global.
753 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000754 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
755 ClassDeclared != IFace)
756 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000757 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
758 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000759 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000760 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
761 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
762 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
763 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
764 SelfName, false, false);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000765 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000766 return Owned(new (Context)
767 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000768 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000769 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000770 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000771 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000772 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
773 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000774 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000775 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000776 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
777 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000778 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000779 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000780 }
Steve Naroff0d7c6db2008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000781 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000782 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000783 QualType T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000784
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000785 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000786 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
787 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000788 else
789 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000790 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000791 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000792 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000793
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000794 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
795 // argument-dependent lookup.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000796 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000797 HasTrailingLParen;
798
799 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000800 // We've seen something of the form
801 //
802 // identifier(
803 //
804 // and we did not find any entity by the name
805 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
806 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
807 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
808 Context.OverloadTy,
809 Loc));
810 }
811
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000812 if (D == 0) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000813 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
Chris Lattner9561a0b2007-01-28 08:20:04 +0000814 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000815 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000816 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000817 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000818 else {
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000819 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
820 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000821 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
822 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
823 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
824 << SS->getRange());
825 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000826 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000827 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
828 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000829 else
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000830 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000831 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000832 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000833
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000834 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
835 // Warn about constructs like:
836 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
837 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000838
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000839 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
840 // information to check this property.
841 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
842 Scope *CheckS = S;
843 while (CheckS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000844 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000845 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
846 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
847 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
848 << Var->getDeclName());
849 else
850 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
851 << Var->getDeclName());
852 break;
853 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000854
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000855 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
856 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
857 if (CheckS)
858 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
859 }
860 }
861 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
862 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
863 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
864 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
865 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
866 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
867 // type.
868 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
869 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000870
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000871 QualType T = Func->getType();
872 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000873 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000874 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
875 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
876 }
877 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000878
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
880}
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000881/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000882bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000883Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
884 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000885 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000886 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000887 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000888 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000889 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
890 return false;
891 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
892 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000893 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000894 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
895 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000896 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000897 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
898 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
899 DestRecordType,
900 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
901 From->getSourceRange()))
902 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000903 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
904 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000905 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000906 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000907}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000908
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000909/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000910static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
911 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000912 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
913 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000914 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000915 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000916 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000917 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
918 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
919 Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000920
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000921 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
922}
923
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000924/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
925Sema::OwningExprResult
926Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
927 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000928 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000929 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
930 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
931 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000932
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000933 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
934 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
935 // not any specific instance's member.
936 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000937 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000938 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000939 QualType DType;
940 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
941 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
942 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
943 DType = Method->getType();
944 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
945 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
946 }
947 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
948 if (!DType.isNull()) {
949 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
950 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000951 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000952 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000953 }
954 }
955 }
956
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000957 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
958 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000959 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000960 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
961 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
962 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000963
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000964 // Cope with an implicit member access in a C++ non-static member function.
965 QualType ThisType, MemberType;
966 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) {
967 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
968 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
969 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
970 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000971
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000972 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
973 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
974 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
975 // explicitly qualified.
976 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
977 ShouldCheckUse = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000978 }
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000979
980 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
981 return ExprError();
982 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D,
983 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000984 }
985
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000986 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000987 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
988 if (MD->isStatic())
989 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000990 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
991 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000992 }
993
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000994 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
995 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
996 // above.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000997 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
998 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000999 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001000
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00001001 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001002 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001003 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001004 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08114892008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001005 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001006 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001007
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001008 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001009 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001010 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1011 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregord32e0282009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001012 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001013 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1014 false, false, SS);
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001015 else if (UnresolvedUsingDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingDecl>(D))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001016 return BuildDeclRefExpr(UD, Context.DependentTy, Loc,
1017 /*TypeDependent=*/true,
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001018 /*ValueDependent=*/true, SS);
1019
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001020 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001021
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001022 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1023 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1024 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1025 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001026 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001027 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001028 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1029 return ExprError();
1030
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001031 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1032 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001033 return ExprError();
1034
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001035 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1036 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1037 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1038 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001039 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001040 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1041 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1042 //
1043 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001044 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001045 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001046 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001047 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001048 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001049 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1050 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001051 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001052
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001053 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001054 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001055 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001056 }
1057 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1058 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001059
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001060 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001061 bool ValueDependent = false;
1062 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1063 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001064 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001065 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1066 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1067 TypeDependent = true;
1068 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1069 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1070 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1071 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1072 TypeDependent = true;
1073 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1074 // names a dependent type.
1075 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001076 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001077 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1078 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001079 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001080 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1081 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1082 TypeDependent = true;
1083 break;
1084 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001085 }
1086 }
1087 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001088
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001089 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1090 //
1091 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1092 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1093 if (TypeDependent)
1094 ValueDependent = true;
1095 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1096 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1097 ValueDependent = true;
1098 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1099 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001100 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001101 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001102 Dcl->getInit()) {
1103 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1104 }
1105 }
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001106 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001107
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001108 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1109 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001110}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001111
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001112Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1113 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001114 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001115
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001116 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001117 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001118 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1119 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1120 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001121 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001122
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001123 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1124 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001125
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001126 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1127 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001128 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001129 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001130 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001131
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001132 QualType ResTy;
1133 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1134 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1135 } else {
1136 unsigned Length =
1137 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001138
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001139 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001140 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001141 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1142 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001143 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001144}
1145
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001146Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001147 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001148 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1149 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1150 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001151
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001152 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1153 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1154 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001155 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001156
1157 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1158
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001159 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1160 Literal.isWide(),
1161 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001162}
1163
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001164Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1165 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001166 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1167 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001168 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001169 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001170 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001171 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001172 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001173
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001174 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001175 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1176 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001177 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001178
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001179 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001180 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001181
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001182 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001183 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001184 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001185 return ExprError();
1186
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001187 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001188
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001189 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001190 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001191 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001192 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001193 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001194 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001195 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001196 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001197
1198 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1199
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001200 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1201 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001202 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1203 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001204
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001205 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001206 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001207 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001208 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001209
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001210 // long long is a C99 feature.
1211 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001212 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001213 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1214
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001215 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001216 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001217
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001218 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1219 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1220 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001221 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1222 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001223 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001224 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001225 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1226 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001227
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001228 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1229 // be an unsigned int.
1230 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1231
1232 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001233 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001234 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1235 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001236 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001237
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001238 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1239 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1240 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1241 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001242 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001243 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001244 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001245 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001246 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001247 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001248
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001249 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001250 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001251 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001252
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001253 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1254 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1255 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1256 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001257 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001258 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001259 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001260 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001261 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001262 }
1263
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001264 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001265 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001266 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001267
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001268 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1269 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1270 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1271 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001272 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001273 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001274 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001275 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001276 }
1277 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001278
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001279 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1280 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001281 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001282 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001283 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001284 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001285 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001286
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001287 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1288 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001289 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001290 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001291 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001292
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001293 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1294 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001295 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001296 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001297
1298 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001299}
1300
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001301Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1302 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001303 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001304 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001305 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001306}
1307
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001308/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001309/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001310bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001311 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1312 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1313 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001314 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1315 return false;
1316
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001317 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001318 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001319 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001320 if (isSizeof)
1321 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1322 return false;
1323 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001324
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001325 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001326 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001327 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1328 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001329 return false;
1330 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001331
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001332 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001333 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001334 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1335 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001336 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001337
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001338 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001339 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001340 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001341 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1342 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001343 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001344
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001345 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001346}
1347
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001348bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1349 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1350 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001351
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001352 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001353 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1354 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001355
1356 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1357 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1358 return false;
1359
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001360 if (E->getBitField()) {
1361 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1362 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001363 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001364
1365 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1366 // bit-field.
1367 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001368 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001369 return false;
1370
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001371 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1372}
1373
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001374/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001375Action::OwningExprResult
1376Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001377 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1378 if (T.isNull())
1379 return ExprError();
1380
1381 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1382 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1383 return ExprError();
1384
1385 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1386 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1387 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1388 R.getEnd()));
1389}
1390
1391/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1392/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001393Action::OwningExprResult
1394Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001395 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1396 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1397 bool isInvalid = false;
1398 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1399 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1400 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1401 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001402 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001403 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1404 isInvalid = true;
1405 } else {
1406 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1407 }
1408
1409 if (isInvalid)
1410 return ExprError();
1411
1412 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1413 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1414 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1415 R.getEnd()));
1416}
1417
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001418/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1419/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1420/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001421Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001422Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1423 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001424 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001425 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001426
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001427 if (isType) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00001428 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
1429 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx);
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001430 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001431 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001432
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001433 // Get the end location.
1434 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1435 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1436 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1437
1438 if (Result.isInvalid())
1439 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1440
1441 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001442}
1443
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001444QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001445 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1446 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001447
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001448 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001449 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001450 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001451
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001452 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1453 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1454 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001455
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001456 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001457 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1458 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001459 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001460}
1461
1462
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001463
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001464Action::OwningExprResult
1465Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1466 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001467 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1468 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001469 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001470
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001471 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1472 switch (Kind) {
1473 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1474 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1475 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1476 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001477
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001478 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1479 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1480 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001481 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001482 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1483
1484 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1485 //
1486 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1487 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1488 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1489 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1490 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1491 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1492 // argument will have value zero.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001493 Expr *Args[2] = {
1494 Arg,
1495 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001496 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001497 };
1498
1499 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1500 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001501 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001502
1503 // Perform overload resolution.
1504 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001505 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001506 case OR_Success: {
1507 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1508 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1509
1510 if (FnDecl) {
1511 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1512 // operator.
1513
1514 // Convert the arguments.
1515 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1516 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001517 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001518 } else {
1519 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001520 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001521 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1522 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001523 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001524 }
1525
1526 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001527 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001528
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001529 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001530 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump82191d02009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001531 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001532 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1533
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001534 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor2517f332009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001535 Args[0] = Arg;
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001536
1537 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
1538 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp,
1539 FnExpr, Args, 2,
1540 ResultTy, OpLoc));
1541
1542 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
1543 FnDecl))
1544 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson834facc2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001545 return Owned(TheCall.release());
1546
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001547 } else {
1548 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1549 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1550 // operator node.
1551 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1552 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001553 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001554
1555 break;
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001556 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001557 }
1558
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00001559 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
1560 // No viable function; try checking this as a built-in operator, which
1561 // will fail and provide a diagnostic. Then, print the overload
1562 // candidates.
1563 OwningExprResult Result = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
1564 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
1565 "C++ postfix-unary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
1566 if (Result.isInvalid())
1567 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1568
1569 return move(Result);
1570 }
1571
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001572 case OR_Ambiguous:
1573 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1574 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1575 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1576 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001577 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001578
1579 case OR_Deleted:
1580 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1581 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1582 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1583 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1584 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1585 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001586 }
1587
1588 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1589 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1590 // build a built-in operation.
1591 }
1592
Eli Friedmanf32f0a72009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001593 Input.release();
1594 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001595 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001596}
1597
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001598Action::OwningExprResult
1599Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1600 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001601 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1602 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1603
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001604 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1605 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001606
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001607 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001608 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1609 Base.release();
1610 Idx.release();
1611 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1612 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1613 }
1614
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001615 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001616 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001617 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1618 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1619 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001620 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001621 }
1622
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001623 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1624}
1625
1626
1627Action::OwningExprResult
1628Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1629 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1630 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1631 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1632
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001633 // Perform default conversions.
1634 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1635 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001636
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001637 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001638
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001639 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001640 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001641 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001642 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001643 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1644 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001645 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1646 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1647 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1648 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001649 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001650 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1651 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001652 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001653 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001654 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001655 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1656 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001657 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001658 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001659 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001660 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1661 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1662 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001663 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001664 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001665 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1666 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1667 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1668 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001669 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001670 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001671 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001672
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001673 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1674 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001675 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1676 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1677 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1678 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1679 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1680 // force the promotion here.
1681 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1682 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001683 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1684 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001685 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1686
1687 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1688 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001689 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001690 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1691 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1692 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1693 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001694 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1695 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001696 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1697
1698 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1699 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001700 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001701 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001702 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1703 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001704 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001705 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001706 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1707 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001708 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1709 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001710
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001711 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001712 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1713 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001714 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1715
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001716 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001717 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1718 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001719 // incomplete types are not object types.
1720 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1721 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1722 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1723 return ExprError();
1724 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001725
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001726 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001727 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001728 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1729 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001730 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001731
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001732 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1733 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1734 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1735 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1736 return ExprError();
1737 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001738
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001739 Base.release();
1740 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001741 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001742 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001743}
1744
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001745QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001746CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001747 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001748 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001749 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1750 // see FIXME there.
1751 //
1752 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1753 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001754 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001755
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001756 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001757 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001758
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001759 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001760 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1761 // to be selected.
1762 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001763
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001764 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1765 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001766 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001767
1768 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1769 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001770 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001771 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1772 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001773 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001774 do
1775 compStr++;
1776 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001777 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001778 do
1779 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001780 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001781 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001782
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001783 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001784 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1785 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001786 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1787 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001788 return QualType();
1789 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001790
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001791 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1792 // operates on.
1793 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001794 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001795
1796 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001797 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001798
1799 while (*compStr) {
1800 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1801 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1802 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1803 return QualType();
1804 }
1805 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001806 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001807
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001808 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1809 // number of elements.
1810 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001811 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001812 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001813 return QualType();
1814 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001815
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001816 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001817 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001818 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001819 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001820 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001821 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001822 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001823 if (HexSwizzle)
1824 CompSize--;
1825
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001826 if (CompSize == 1)
1827 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001828
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001829 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001830 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001831 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1832 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1833 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1834 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001835 }
1836 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001837}
1838
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001839static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001840 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001841 const Selector &Sel,
1842 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001843
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001844 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001845 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001846 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001847 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001848
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001849 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1850 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001851 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001852 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001853 return D;
1854 }
1855 return 0;
1856}
1857
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001858static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001859 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001860 const Selector &Sel,
1861 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001862 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1863 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001864 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001865 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001866 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001867 GDecl = PD;
1868 break;
1869 }
1870 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001871 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001872 GDecl = OMD;
1873 break;
1874 }
1875 }
1876 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001877 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001878 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1879 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001880 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001881 if (GDecl)
1882 return GDecl;
1883 }
1884 }
1885 return GDecl;
1886}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001887
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001888Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001889Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001890 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001891 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001892 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1893 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001894 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001895 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
1896 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001897 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1898 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001899 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1900 return ExprError();
1901
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001902 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1903 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1904
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001905 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00001906 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001907
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001908 // Perform default conversions.
1909 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001910
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001911 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001912 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1913 // use that.
1914 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1915 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1916 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1917 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1918 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001919 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001920 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001921 }
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001922 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001923
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001924 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1925 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
1926 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1927 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1928 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
1929 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1930 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
1931 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
1932 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1933 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1934 // Check the use of this method.
1935 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1936 return ExprError();
1937 }
1938 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1939 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1940 Selector SetterSel =
1941 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1942 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
1943 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
1944 if (!Setter) {
1945 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1946 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00001947 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001948 }
1949 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1950 if (!Setter)
1951 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
1952
1953 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1954 return ExprError();
1955
1956 if (Getter || Setter) {
1957 QualType PType;
1958
1959 if (Getter)
1960 PType = Getter->getResultType();
1961 else
1962 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
1963 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
1964 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1965 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
1966 PType,
1967 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1968 }
1969 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1970 << MemberName << BaseType);
1971 }
1972 }
1973
1974 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1975 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1976 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001977 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001978 }
1979
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001980 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1981 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001982 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001983 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
1984 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1985 if (SS) {
1986 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1987 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1988 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1989 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001990
1991 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001992 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001993 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001994 FirstQualifierInScope,
1995 MemberName,
1996 MemberLoc,
1997 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1998 LAngleLoc,
1999 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2000 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2001 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002002 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002003 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002004 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002005 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2006 ;
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002007 else
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002008 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2009 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2010 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002011 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002012 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002013 // (so we'll report an error for)
2014 // T* t;
2015 // t.f;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002016 //
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002017 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2018 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2019 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002020 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002021
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002022 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002023 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
2024 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2025 if (SS) {
2026 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2027 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2028 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2029 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002030
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002031 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002032 BaseExpr, false,
2033 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002034 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002035 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002036 FirstQualifierInScope,
2037 MemberName,
2038 MemberLoc,
2039 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2040 LAngleLoc,
2041 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2042 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2043 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002044 }
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002045 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002046
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002047 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2048 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002049 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002050 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002051 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002052 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2053 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002054 return ExprError();
2055
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002056 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2057 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2058 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2059 // nested-name-specifier.
2060 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002061
2062 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2063 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2064 << DC << SS->getRange();
2065 return ExprError();
2066 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002067
2068 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002069 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2070 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2071 }
2072
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002073 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002074 LookupResult Result;
2075 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC, MemberName, LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002076
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002077 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002078 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2079 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002080 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002081 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, MemberName, MemberLoc,
2082 BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002083 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002084 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002085
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002086 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2087
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002088 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002089 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002090 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002091 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002092 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002093 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002094
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002095 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2096 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2097 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2098 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2099 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2100 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002101
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002102 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2103 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2104 // error cases.
2105 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2106 return ExprError();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002107
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002108 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2109 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2110 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2111 // explicitly qualified.
2112 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2113 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2114 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002115
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002116 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002117 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002118 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002119
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002120 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002121 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2122 // (C++ [class.union]).
2123 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002124 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002125 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002126
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002127 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002128 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002129 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002130 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2131 else {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002132 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2133 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2134 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2135
2136 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2137 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2138
2139 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2140 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2141 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002142 }
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002143
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002144 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002145 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2146 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002147 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002148 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002149 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002150
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002151 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2152 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002153 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2154 Var, MemberLoc,
2155 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002156 }
2157 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2158 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002159 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2160 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2161 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002162 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002163 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002164 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2165 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002166
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002167 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002168 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2169 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002170 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002171 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2172 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2173 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002174 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002175
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002176 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2177 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2178 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002179 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002180 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002181 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2182 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002183 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2184 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002185 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002186 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2187 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2188 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002189 Context.OverloadTy));
2190
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002191 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2192 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002193 }
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002194 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2195 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002196 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2197 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002198 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002199 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002200 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002201 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002202
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002203 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2204 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2205 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002206 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2207 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002208 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002209 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002210
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002211 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2212 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2213 // pseudo-destructor.
2214 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2215 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002216 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2217 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002218 // type.
2219 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2220 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2221 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002222
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002223 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2224 // same as the object type.
2225 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2226 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2227 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2228 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2229 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002230
2231 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002232 // the form
2233 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002234 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2235 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002236 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2237 //
2238 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2239 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002240
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002241 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2242 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2243 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002244 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002245 OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002246 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002247 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2248 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2249 MemberLoc));
2250 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002251
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002252 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2253 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002254 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2255 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002256 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002257 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002258 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002259 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002260 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2261
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002262 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2263 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002264 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002265
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002266 if (IV) {
2267 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2268 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2269 // error cases.
2270 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2271 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002272
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002273 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2274 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2275 return ExprError();
2276 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2277 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2278 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2279 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2280 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2281 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2282 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2283 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2284 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2285 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2286 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2287 // AST for a function decl.
2288 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002289 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002290 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2291 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2292 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2293 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2294 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2295 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002296
2297 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2298 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002299 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002300 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002301 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002302 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2303 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002304 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002305 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002306 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002307
2308 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2309 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2310 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002311 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002312 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002313 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002314 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002315 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002316 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002317 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002318 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002319 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002320 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002321 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002322
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002323 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002324 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002325 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2326 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2327 // Check the use of this declaration
2328 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2329 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002330
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002331 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2332 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2333 }
2334 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2335 // Check the use of this method.
2336 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2337 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002338
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002339 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002340 OMD->getResultType(),
2341 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002342 NULL, 0));
2343 }
2344 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002345
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002346 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002347 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002348 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002349 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2350 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002351 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002352 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002353 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2354 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2355 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002356 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002357
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002358 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002359 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002360 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2361 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2362 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002363 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002364 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002365 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002366 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2367 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002368 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002369 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2370 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002371 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002372 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2373 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002374 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002375 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2376 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2377 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002378
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002379 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002380 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2381 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002382 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2383 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002384 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002385 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2386 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2387 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002388
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002389 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2390 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2391 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002392 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2393 // selector is implemented.
2394
2395 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2396 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2397
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002398 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002399 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002400
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002401 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2402 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002403 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002404
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002405 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002406 if (!Getter)
2407 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002408 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002409 // Check if we can reference this property.
2410 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2411 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002412 }
2413 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2414 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002415 Selector SetterSel =
2416 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002417 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002418 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002419 if (!Setter) {
2420 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2421 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002422 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002423 }
2424 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002425 if (!Setter)
2426 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002427
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002428 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2429 return ExprError();
2430
2431 if (Getter || Setter) {
2432 QualType PType;
2433
2434 if (Getter)
2435 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002436 else
2437 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2438 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002439 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002440 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002441 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2442 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002443 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002444 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002445 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002446
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002447 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002448 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002449 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002450 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002451 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2452 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2453
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002454 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002455 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002456 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002457 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2458 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002459 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002460 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002461 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002462 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002463
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002464 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2465 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2466
2467 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2468 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2469 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002470 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002471 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002472 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002473 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002474 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2475 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2476 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2477 }
2478
2479 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002480}
2481
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002482Action::OwningExprResult
2483Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2484 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
2485 IdentifierInfo &Member,
2486 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002487 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind, MemberLoc,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002488 DeclarationName(&Member), ObjCImpDecl, SS);
2489}
2490
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002491Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2492 FunctionDecl *FD,
2493 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2494 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2495 Diag (CallLoc,
2496 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2497 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002498 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002499 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2500 } else {
2501 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2502 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2503
2504 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002505 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002506
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002507 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2508 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002509 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002510
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002511 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002512 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002513 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002514
2515 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002516 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2517 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2518 return ExprError();
2519 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002520
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002521 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002522
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002523 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2524 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2525 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002526 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002527 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002528 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002529 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2530 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2531 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2532 }
2533 }
2534
2535 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2536 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2537}
2538
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002539/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2540/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2541/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2542/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2543/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2544/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002545bool
2546Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002547 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002548 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002549 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2550 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002551 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002552 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2553 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2554 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002555 bool Invalid = false;
2556
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002557 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2558 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2559 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2560 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2561 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2562 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2563 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2564 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002565 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002566 }
2567
2568 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2569 // them.
2570 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2571 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2572 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2573 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2574 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2575 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2576 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2577 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002578 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002579 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002580 }
2581 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2582 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002583
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002584 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2585 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2586 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002587
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002588 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002589 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002590 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002591
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002592 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2593 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002594 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2595 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002596 return true;
2597
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002598 // Pass the argument.
2599 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2600 return true;
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002601 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002602 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002603
2604 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002605 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2606 FDecl, Param);
2607 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2608 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002609
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002610 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002611 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002612
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002613 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2614 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002615
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002616 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2617 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002618 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2619 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2620 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2621 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2622 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2623
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002624 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2625 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2626 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002627 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002628 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2629 }
2630 }
2631
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002632 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002633}
2634
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002635/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2636/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2637/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2638/// template arguments, etc.
2639void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
2640 NamedDecl *&Function,
2641 DeclarationName &Name,
2642 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2643 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2644 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
2645 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002646 const TemplateArgumentLoc *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002647 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2648 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
2649 Function = 0;
2650 Name = DeclarationName();
2651 Qualifier = 0;
2652 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2653 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2654 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
2655
2656 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2657 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2658 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2659 while (true) {
2660 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2661 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2662 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2663 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2664 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2665 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2666 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2667 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2668 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2669 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2670 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002671 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2672 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002673 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier())) {
2674 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2675 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
2676 }
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002677 break;
2678 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
2679 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2680 Name = DepName->getName();
2681 break;
2682 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2683 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2684 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
2685 if (!Function)
2686 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
2687 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2688 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2689 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2690
2691 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2692 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2693 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2694 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2695 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2696 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2697 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2698 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2699 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2700 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2701 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2702 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2703 //
2704 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2705 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2706 // is still possible.
2707 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2708 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2709 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2710 }
2711 break;
2712 } else {
2713 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2714 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2715 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2716 break;
2717 }
2718 }
2719}
2720
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002721/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002722/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2723/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002724Action::OwningExprResult
2725Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2726 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002727 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002728 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002729
2730 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2731 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002732
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002733 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002734 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002735 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002736 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002737 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002738 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002739
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002740 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002741 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2742 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2743 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2744 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2745 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2746 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2747 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2748 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002749
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002750 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2751 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002752
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002753 NumArgs = 0;
2754 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002755
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002756 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2757 RParenLoc));
2758 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002759
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002760 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002761 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002762 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2763 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002764 bool Dependent = false;
2765 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2766 Dependent = true;
2767 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2768 Dependent = true;
2769
2770 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002771 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002772 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2773
2774 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2775 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2776 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2777 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2778
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002779 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002780 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2781 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2782 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2783 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2784 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2785 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2786 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002787 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2788 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002789 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002790
2791 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2792 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2793 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2794 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002795 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
2796 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
2797 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002798
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002799 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2800 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2801 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2802 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002803
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002804 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2805 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2806 TheCall.get(), 0))
2807 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002808
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002809 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2810 RParenLoc))
2811 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002812
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002813 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2814 }
2815 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
2816 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2817 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002818 }
2819 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002820 }
2821
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002822 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002823 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002824 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002825 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002826 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002827 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002828 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002829 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2830 SourceRange QualifierRange;
2831 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
2832 ADL,HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2833 NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002834
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002835 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002836 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002837 if (NDecl) {
2838 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2839 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002840 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2841 else
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002842 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2843 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002844 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002845
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002846 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002847 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002848 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002849 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002850 ADL = false;
2851
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002852 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2853 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2854 ADL = false;
2855
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002856 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002857 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002858 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2859 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2860 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002861 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002862 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002863 if (!FDecl)
2864 return ExprError();
2865
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00002866 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002867 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002868 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002869
2870 // Promote the function operand.
2871 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2872
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002873 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2874 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002875 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2876 Args, NumArgs,
2877 Context.BoolTy,
2878 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002879
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002880 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2881 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2882 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2883 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002884 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002885 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002886 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2887 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002888 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002889 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002890 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002891 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002892 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002893 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002894 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2895 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2896
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002897 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002898 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
2899 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
2900 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002901 return ExprError();
2902
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002903 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002904 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002905
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002906 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002907 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002908 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002909 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002910 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002911 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002912
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002913 if (FDecl) {
2914 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2915 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2916 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002917 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002918 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002919 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002920 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2921 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2922 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2923 }
2924 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002925 }
2926
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002927 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002928 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2929 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2930 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002931 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2932 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002933 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2934 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002935 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002936 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002937 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00002938 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002939
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002940 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2941 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002942 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2943 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002944
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002945 // Check for sentinels
2946 if (NDecl)
2947 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002948
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002949 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002950 if (FDecl) {
2951 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
2952 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002953
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002954 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002955 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
2956 } else if (NDecl) {
2957 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
2958 return ExprError();
2959 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002960
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00002961 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002962}
2963
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002964Action::OwningExprResult
2965Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2966 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002967 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00002968 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
2969 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002970 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002971 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002972 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002973
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002974 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002975 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002976 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2977 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002978 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2979 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002980 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002981 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002982 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002983 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002984
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002985 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002986 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002987 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002988
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002989 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002990 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002991 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002992 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002993 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002994 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002995 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002996 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002997}
2998
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002999Action::OwningExprResult
3000Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003001 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3002 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3003 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003004
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003005 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003006 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003007
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003008 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003009 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003010 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003011 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003012}
3013
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003014static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3015 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
3016 if (Context.getCanonicalType(SrcTy).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3017 Context.getCanonicalType(DestTy).getUnqualifiedType())
3018 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3019
3020 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3021 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3022 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3023 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3024 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3025 }
3026
3027 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3028 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3029 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3030 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3031 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3032 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3033 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3034 }
3035
3036 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3037 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3038 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3039 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3040 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3041 }
3042
3043 // FIXME: Assert here.
3044 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3045 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3046}
3047
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003048/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003049bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003050 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003051 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3052 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003053 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003054 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3055 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003056
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003057 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003058
3059 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3060 // type needs to be scalar.
3061 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3062 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003063 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3064 return false;
3065 }
3066
3067 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003068 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3069 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
3070 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3071 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003072 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003073 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3074 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003075 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003076 return false;
3077 }
3078
3079 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003080 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003081 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003082 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003083 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003084 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3085 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3086 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3087 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3088 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3089 break;
3090 }
3091 }
3092 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3093 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3094 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003095 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003096 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003097 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003098
3099 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3100 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3101 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3102 }
3103
3104 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3105 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003106 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3107 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003108 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003109 }
3110
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003111 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3112 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3113
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003114 if (castType->isVectorType())
3115 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3116 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3117 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3118
3119 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003120 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003121
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003122 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3123 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3124
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003125 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003126 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3127 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3128 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3129 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3130 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3131 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3132 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3133 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3134 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3135 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003136 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003137
3138 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003139 return false;
3140}
3141
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003142bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3143 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003144 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003145
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003146 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003147 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003148 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003149 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003150 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003151 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003152 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003153 } else
3154 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003155 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003156 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003157
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003158 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003159 return false;
3160}
3161
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003162bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3163 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003164 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003165
3166 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3167
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003168 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3169 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003170 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3171 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3172 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3173 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003174 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003175 return false;
3176 }
3177
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003178 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003179 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3180 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003181 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3182 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3183 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3184 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003185
3186 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3187 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3188 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003189
3190 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003191 return false;
3192}
3193
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003194Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003195Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003196 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003197 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003198
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003199 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3200 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003201
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003202 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003203 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3204 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003205
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003206 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3207 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3208 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003209 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003210 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003211 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003212 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003213
3214 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003215 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003216 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003217
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003218 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3219 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003220
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003221 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3222 } else {
3223 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003224 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003225
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003226 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003227 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003228 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003229}
3230
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003231/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3232/// of comma binary operators.
3233Action::OwningExprResult
3234Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3235 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3236 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3237 if (!E)
3238 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003239
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003240 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003241
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003242 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3243 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3244 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003245
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003246 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3247}
3248
3249Action::OwningExprResult
3250Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3251 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3252 QualType Ty) {
3253 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003254
3255 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003256 // then handle it as such.
3257 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3258 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3259 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3260 return ExprError();
3261 }
3262
3263 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3264 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3265 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3266
3267 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3268 // braces instead of the original commas.
3269 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003270 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003271 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3272 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003273 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003274 Owned(E));
3275 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003276 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003277 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3278 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3279 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3280 }
3281}
3282
3283Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3284 SourceLocation R,
3285 MultiExprArg Val) {
3286 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3287 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3288 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3289 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3290 return Owned(expr);
3291}
3292
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003293/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3294/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003295/// C99 6.5.15
3296QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3297 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003298 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3299 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3300 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3301
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003302 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3303 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3304 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3305 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3306 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3307 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003308
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003309 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003310 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3311 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3312 << CondTy;
3313 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003314 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003315
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003316 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003317 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3318 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003319
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003320 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3321 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003322 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3323 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3324 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003325 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003326
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003327 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3328 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003329 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3330 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003331 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003332 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003333 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003334 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003335 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003336 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003337
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003338 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003339 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003340 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3341 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3342 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3343 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3344 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3345 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3346 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003347 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3348 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003349 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003350 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003351 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3352 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003353 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003354 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003355 // promote the null to a pointer.
3356 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003357 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003358 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003359 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003360 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003361 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003362 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003363 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003364 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3365 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3366 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3367 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3368 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003369 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003370 return LHSTy;
3371 }
3372 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3373 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003374 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003375 return RHSTy;
3376 }
3377 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3378 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3379 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003380 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003381 return LHSTy;
3382 }
3383 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3384 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003385 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003386 return RHSTy;
3387 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003388 // Handle block pointer types.
3389 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3390 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3391 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3392 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003393 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3394 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003395 return destType;
3396 }
3397 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3398 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3399 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003400 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003401 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3402 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3403 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003404 return LHSTy;
3405 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003406 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003407 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3408 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003409
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003410 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3411 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003412 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3413 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3414 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3415 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3416 // to get a consistent AST.
3417 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003418 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3419 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003420 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003421 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003422 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003423 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3424 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003425 return LHSTy;
3426 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003427 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003428 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003429
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003430 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3431 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3432 return LHSTy;
3433 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003434 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3435 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003436 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003437
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003438 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3439 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3440 // type. This allows
3441 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3442 // where B is a subclass of A.
3443 //
3444 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3445 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3446 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3447 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3448
3449 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3450 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003451 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003452 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003453 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003454 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003455 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003456 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003457 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003458 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003459 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3460 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3461 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3462 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3463 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003464 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003465 } else if (!(compositeType =
3466 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3467 ;
3468 else {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003469 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3470 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3471 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3472 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003473 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3474 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003475 return incompatTy;
3476 }
3477 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003478 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3479 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003480 return compositeType;
3481 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003482 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3483 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003484 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003485 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003486 QualType destPointee
3487 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003488 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003489 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3490 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3491 // Promote to void*.
3492 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003493 return destType;
3494 }
3495 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003496 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003497 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003498 QualType destPointee
3499 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003500 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003501 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3502 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3503 // Promote to void*.
3504 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003505 return destType;
3506 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003507 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3508 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3509 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003510 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3511 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003512
3513 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3514 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3515 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003516 QualType destPointee
3517 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003518 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003519 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3520 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3521 // Promote to void*.
3522 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003523 return destType;
3524 }
3525 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003526 QualType destPointee
3527 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003528 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003529 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3530 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3531 // Promote to void*.
3532 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003533 return destType;
3534 }
3535
3536 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3537 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3538 return LHSTy;
3539 }
3540 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3541 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3542 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3543 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3544 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3545 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3546 // to get a consistent AST.
3547 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003548 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3549 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003550 return incompatTy;
3551 }
3552 // The pointer types are compatible.
3553 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3554 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3555 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3556 // type.
3557 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3558 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003559 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3560 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003561 return LHSTy;
3562 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003563
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003564 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3565 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3566 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3567 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003568 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003569 return RHSTy;
3570 }
3571 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3572 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3573 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003574 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003575 return LHSTy;
3576 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003577
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003578 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003579 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3580 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003581 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003582}
3583
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003584/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003585/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003586Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3587 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3588 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3589 ExprArg RHS) {
3590 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3591 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003592
3593 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3594 // was the condition.
3595 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3596 if (isLHSNull)
3597 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003598
3599 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003600 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003601 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003602 return ExprError();
3603
3604 Cond.release();
3605 LHS.release();
3606 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003607 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003608 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003609 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003610}
3611
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003612// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003613// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003614// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3615// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3616// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003617Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003618Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003619 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003620
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003621 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3622 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3623 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3624 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3625 return Compatible;
3626 }
3627
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003628 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003629 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3630 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003631
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003632 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003633 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3634 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003635
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003636 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003637
3638 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3639 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3640 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003641 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003642 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003643 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003644
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003645 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3646 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003647 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003648 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003649 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003650 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003651
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003652 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003653 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3654 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003655 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003656
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003657 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003658 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003659 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003660
3661 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003662 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3663 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003664 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003665 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003666 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003667 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3668 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3669 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3670 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3671 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3672 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003673 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003674 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003675 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003676 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003677
3678 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003679 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003680 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003681 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003682
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003683 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3684 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3685 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3686 // warning can be disabled.
3687 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3688 return ConvTy;
3689 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3690 }
3691 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003692 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003693 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003694 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003695}
3696
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003697/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3698/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3699/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3700// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003701Sema::AssignConvertType
3702Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003703 QualType rhsType) {
3704 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003705
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003706 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003707 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3708 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003709
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003710 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3711 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3712 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003713
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003714 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003715
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003716 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3717 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3718 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003719
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003720 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003721 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003722 return ConvTy;
3723}
3724
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003725/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3726/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003727/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3728///
3729/// int a, *pint;
3730/// short *pshort;
3731/// struct foo *pfoo;
3732///
3733/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3734/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3735/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3736/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3737///
3738/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003739/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003740///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003741Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003742Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003743 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3744 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003745 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3746 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003747
3748 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003749 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003750
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003751 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3752 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3753 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3754 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3755 return Compatible;
3756 }
3757
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003758 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3759 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3760 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3761 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3762 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3763 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3764 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003765 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003766 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003767 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003768 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003769 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003770 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3771 // to the same ExtVector type.
3772 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3773 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3774 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3775 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3776 return Compatible;
3777 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003778
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003779 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003780 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003781 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003782 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003783 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3784 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003785 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003786 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003787 }
3788 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003789 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003790
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003791 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003792 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003793
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003794 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003795 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003796 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003797
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003798 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003799 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003800
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003801 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003802 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003803 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3804 return Compatible;
3805 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003806 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003807 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3808 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003809 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003810
3811 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003812 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003813 return Compatible;
3814 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003815 return Incompatible;
3816 }
3817
3818 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3819 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003820 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003821
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003822 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003823 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003824 return Compatible;
3825
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003826 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3827 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003828
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003829 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003830 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003831 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003832 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003833 return Incompatible;
3834 }
3835
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003836 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3837 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3838 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003839
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003840 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003841 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003842 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3843 return Compatible;
3844 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003845 }
3846 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003847 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3848 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003849 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3850 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003851 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3852 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003853 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003854 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003855 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003856 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3857 return Compatible;
3858 }
3859 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3860 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3861 return Compatible;
3862 return Incompatible;
3863 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003864 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003865 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003866 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3867 return Compatible;
3868
3869 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003870 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003871
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003872 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003873 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003874
3875 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003876 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003877 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003878 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003879 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003880 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3881 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3882 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3883 return Compatible;
3884
3885 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3886 return PointerToInt;
3887
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003888 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003889 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003890 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3891 return Compatible;
3892 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003893 }
3894 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003895 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003896 return Compatible;
3897 return Incompatible;
3898 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003899
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003900 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003901 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003902 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00003903 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003904 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00003905}
3906
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003907/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3908/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003909static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003910 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3911 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3912 // of the transparent union.
3913 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3914 &E, 1,
3915 SourceLocation());
3916 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3917 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3918
3919 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3920 // union type from this initializer list.
3921 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3922 false);
3923}
3924
3925Sema::AssignConvertType
3926Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3927 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3928
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003929 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003930 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3931 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003932 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003933 return Incompatible;
3934
3935 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3936 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3937 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3938 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003939 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3940 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003941 it != itend; ++it) {
3942 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3943 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3944 // 1) void pointer
3945 // 2) null pointer constant
3946 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003947 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003948 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003949 InitField = *it;
3950 break;
3951 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003952
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003953 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
3954 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003955 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003956 InitField = *it;
3957 break;
3958 }
3959 }
3960
3961 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3962 == Compatible) {
3963 InitField = *it;
3964 break;
3965 }
3966 }
3967
3968 if (!InitField)
3969 return Incompatible;
3970
3971 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3972 return Compatible;
3973}
3974
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003975Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003976Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003977 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3978 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3979 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3980 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3981 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003982 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3983 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003984 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003985 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003986 }
3987
3988 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3989 // structures.
3990 }
3991
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003992 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3993 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003994 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3995 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003996 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003997 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
3998 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003999 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004000 return Compatible;
4001 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004002
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004003 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004004 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004005 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004006 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004007 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004008 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004009 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4010 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004011
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004012 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4013 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004014
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004015 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4016 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004017 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4018 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4019 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4020 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004021 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004022 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4023 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004024 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004025}
4026
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004027QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004028 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004029 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004030 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004031 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004032}
4033
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004034inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004035 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004036 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004037 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004038 QualType lhsType =
4039 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4040 QualType rhsType =
4041 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004042
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004043 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004044 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004045 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004046
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004047 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4048 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004049 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4050 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004051 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4052 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004053 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004054 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004055 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004056 }
4057 }
4058 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004059
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004060 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4061 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4062 bool swapped = false;
4063 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4064 swapped = true;
4065 std::swap(rex, lex);
4066 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4067 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004068
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004069 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004070 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004071 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4072 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4073 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004074 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004075 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4076 return lhsType;
4077 }
4078 }
4079 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4080 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4081 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004082 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004083 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4084 return lhsType;
4085 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004086 }
4087 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004088
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004089 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004090 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004091 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004092 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004093 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004094}
4095
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004096inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004097 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004098 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004099 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004100
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004101 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004102
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004103 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004104 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004105 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004106}
4107
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004108inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004109 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004110 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4111 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4112 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4113 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4114 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004115
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004116 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004117
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004118 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004119 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004120 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004121}
4122
4123inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004124 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004125 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4126 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4127 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4128 return compType;
4129 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004130
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004131 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004132
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004133 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004134 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4135 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4136 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004137 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004138 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004139
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004140 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4141 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004142 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004143 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4144
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004145 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004146
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004147 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004148 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004149
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004150 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4151 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004152 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4153 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004154 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004155 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004156 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004157
4158 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4159 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4160 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004161 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004162 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4163 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4164 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4165 return QualType();
4166 }
4167
4168 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4169 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4170 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004171 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004172 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004173 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004174 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004175 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4176 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004177 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4178 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004179 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004180 return QualType();
4181 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004182 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4183 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4184 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4185 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4186 return QualType();
4187 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004188
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004189 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004190 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4191 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4192 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4193 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4194 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004195 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004196 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4197 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004198 return PExp->getType();
4199 }
4200 }
4201
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004202 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004203}
4204
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004205// C99 6.5.6
4206QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004207 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4208 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4209 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4210 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4211 return compType;
4212 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004213
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004214 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004215
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004216 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004217
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004218 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004219 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4220 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004221 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004222 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004223 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004224
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004225 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004226 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004227 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004228
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004229 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004230
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004231 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4232 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4233 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4234 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4235 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4236 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4237 return QualType();
4238 }
4239
4240 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4241 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4242 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4243 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4244 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004245 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004246 return QualType();
4247 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004248
4249 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4250 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4251 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004252 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004253 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004254 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004255 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004256 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004257
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004258 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4259 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4260 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4261 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4262 return QualType();
4263 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004264
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004265 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004266 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4267 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4268 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4269 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4270 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4271 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004272 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004273 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4274
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004275 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004276 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004277 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004278
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004279 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004280 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004281 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004282
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004283 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4284 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4285 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4286 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4287 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4288 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4289 return QualType();
4290 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004291
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004292 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4293 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4294 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4295 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004296 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004297 return QualType();
4298 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004299
4300 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4301 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4302 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4303 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4304 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004305 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4306 << rex->getSourceRange()
4307 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004308 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004309
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004310 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4311 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4312 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4313 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4314 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4315 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4316 return QualType();
4317 }
4318 } else {
4319 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4320 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4321 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4322 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4323 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4324 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4325 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4326 return QualType();
4327 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004328 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004329
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004330 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4331 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4332 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4333 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4334 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004335 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004336 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004337
4338 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004339 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4340 }
4341 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004342
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004343 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004344}
4345
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004346// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004347QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004348 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004349 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4350 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004351 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004352
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004353 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4354 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4355 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4356
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004357 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4358 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004359 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4360 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4361 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4362 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4363 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004364 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004365 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004366 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004367
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004368 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004369
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004370 // Sanity-check shift operands
4371 llvm::APSInt Right;
4372 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004373 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4374 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004375 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004376 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4377 else {
4378 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4379 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4380 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4381 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4382 }
4383 }
4384
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004385 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004386 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004387}
4388
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004389// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004390QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004391 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4392 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4393
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004394 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004395 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004396
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004397 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004398 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4399 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4400 else {
4401 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4402 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4403 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004404 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4405 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004406
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004407 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4408 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004409 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4410 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4411 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004412 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004413 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004414 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4415 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4416 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4417 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004418 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4419 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004420 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004421
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004422 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4423 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4424 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4425 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004426
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004427 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4428 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004429 Expr *literalString = 0;
4430 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004431 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004432 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4433 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004434 literalString = lex;
4435 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004436 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4437 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004438 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4439 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004440 literalString = rex;
4441 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4442 }
4443
4444 if (literalString) {
4445 std::string resultComparison;
4446 switch (Opc) {
4447 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4448 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4449 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4450 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4451 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4452 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4453 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4454 }
4455 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4456 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4457 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004458 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4459 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4460 "strcmp(")
4461 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4462 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004463 resultComparison);
4464 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004465 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004466
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004467 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004468 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004469
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004470 if (isRelational) {
4471 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004472 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004473 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004474 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004475 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004476 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004477 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004478 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004479
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004480 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004481 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004482 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004483
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004484 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4485 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4486 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4487 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004488
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004489 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4490 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4491 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004492 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004493 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004494 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004495 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004496 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004497
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004498 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004499 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4500 return ResultTy;
4501
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004502 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4503 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4504 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4505 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4506 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4507 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004508 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004509 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004510 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004511 if (T.isNull()) {
4512 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4513 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4514 return QualType();
4515 }
4516
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004517 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4518 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004519 return ResultTy;
4520 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004521 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4522 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4523 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4524 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4525 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4526 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4527 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4528 }
4529 } else if (!isRelational &&
4530 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4531 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4532 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4533 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4534 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4535 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4536 }
4537 } else {
4538 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004539 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004540 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004541 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004542 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004543 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004544 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004545 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004546
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004547 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004548 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004549 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004550 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004551 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4552 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004553 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004554 return ResultTy;
4555 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004556 if (LHSIsNull &&
4557 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4558 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004559 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004560 return ResultTy;
4561 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004562
4563 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004564 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004565 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4566 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004567 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4568 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4569 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4570 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4571 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4572 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4573 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4574 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004575 // types.
4576 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4577 if (T.isNull()) {
4578 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4579 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4580 return QualType();
4581 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004582
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004583 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4584 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004585 return ResultTy;
4586 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004587
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004588 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004589 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4590 return ResultTy;
4591 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004592
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004593 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004594 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004595 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4596 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004597
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004598 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004599 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004600 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004601 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004602 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004603 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004604 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004605 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004606 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004607 if (!isRelational
4608 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4609 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004610 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004611 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004612 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004613 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004614 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4615 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4616 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004617 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004618 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004619 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004620 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004621
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004622 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004623 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004624 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4625 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004626 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004627 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004628 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004629 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004630
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004631 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4632 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004633 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004634 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004635 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004636 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004637 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004638 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004639 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004640 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004641 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4642 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004643 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004644 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004645 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004646 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004647 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004648 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4649 if (RHSIsNull) {
4650 if (isRelational)
4651 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4652 } else if (isRelational)
4653 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4654 else
4655 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004656
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004657 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004658 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004659 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004660 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004661 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004662 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004663 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004664 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004665 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4666 if (LHSIsNull) {
4667 if (isRelational)
4668 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4669 } else if (isRelational)
4670 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4671 else
4672 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004673
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004674 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004675 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004676 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004677 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004678 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004679 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00004680 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004681 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004682 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4683 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004684 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004685 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004686 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004687 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4688 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004689 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004690 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004691 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004692 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004693}
4694
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004695/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004696/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004697/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4698/// types.
4699QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004700 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004701 bool isRelational) {
4702 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4703 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004704 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004705 if (vType.isNull())
4706 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004707
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004708 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4709 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004710
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004711 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4712 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4713 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4714 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4715 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4716 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4717 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004718 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004719 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004720
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004721 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4722 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4723 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004724 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004725 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004726
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004727 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4728 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4729 // elements for floating point vectors.
4730 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4731 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004732
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004733 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004734 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004735 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004736 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004737 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004738 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4739
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004740 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004741 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004742 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4743}
4744
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004745inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004746 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004747 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004748 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004749
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004750 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004751
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004752 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004753 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004754 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004755}
4756
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004757inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004758 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004759 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4760 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004761
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004762 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4763 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4764
4765 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4766 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4767 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4768 return Context.BoolTy;
4769 }
4770
4771 return Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004772}
4773
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004774/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4775/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4776/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4777///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004778static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004779 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4780 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4781 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4782 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004783 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004784 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4785 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4786 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4787 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004788 }
4789 }
4790 return false;
4791}
4792
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004793/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4794/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4795static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004796 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004797 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004798 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004799 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4800 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004801 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4802 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004803
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004804 unsigned Diag = 0;
4805 bool NeedType = false;
4806 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4807 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4808 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004809 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004810 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4811 NeedType = true;
4812 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004813 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004814 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4815 NeedType = true;
4816 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004817 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004818 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4819 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004820 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004821 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4822 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004823 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4824 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004825 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004826 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4827 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004828 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004829 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4830 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004831 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004832 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4833 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004834 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4835 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4836 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004837 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4838 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4839 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004840 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004841
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004842 SourceRange Assign;
4843 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4844 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004845 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004846 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004847 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004848 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004849 return true;
4850}
4851
4852
4853
4854// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004855QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4856 SourceLocation Loc,
4857 QualType CompoundType) {
4858 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4859 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004860 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004861
4862 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4863 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004864
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004865 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004866 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004867 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004868 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004869 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4870 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4871 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004872 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004873 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004874 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004875 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004876
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004877 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4878 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4879 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004880 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004881 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4882 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4883 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4884 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4885 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004886 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004887 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004888 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4889 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4890 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004891 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4892 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004893 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4894 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4895 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004896 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004897 }
4898 } else {
4899 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004900 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004901 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004902
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004903 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4904 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004905 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004906
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004907 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4908 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004909 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004910 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4911 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004912 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004913 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004914 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004915}
4916
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004917// C99 6.5.17
4918QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004919 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004920 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004921
4922 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4923 // incomplete in C++).
4924
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004925 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00004926}
4927
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004928/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4929/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004930QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4931 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004932 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4933 return Context.DependentTy;
4934
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004935 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4936 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00004937
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004938 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4939 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4940 if (!isInc) {
4941 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4942 return QualType();
4943 }
4944 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4945 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4946 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004947 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004948 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4949 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004950
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004951 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004952 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004953 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4954 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4955 << Op->getSourceRange();
4956 return QualType();
4957 }
4958
4959 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004960 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004961 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004962 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4963 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4964 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4965 return QualType();
4966 }
4967
4968 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004969 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004970 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004971 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004972 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004973 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004974 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004975 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4976 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4977 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4978 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4979 return QualType();
4980 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004981 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4982 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4983 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004984 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004985 } else {
4986 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004987 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004988 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00004989 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004990 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004991 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004992 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00004993 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004994 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004995}
4996
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004997/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00004998/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004999/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5000/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5001/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5002/// - &(x) => x
5003/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5004/// - &s.xx => s
5005/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5006/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5007/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5008/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005009static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005010 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005011 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005012 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005013 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005014 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5015 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5016 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005017 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005018 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005019 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005020 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005021 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005022 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5023 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005024 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5025 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5026 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5027 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5028 }
5029 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005030 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005031 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5032 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005033
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005034 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005035 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5036 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5037 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5038 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5039 default:
5040 return 0;
5041 }
5042 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005043 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005044 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005045 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005046 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5047 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005048 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005049 default:
5050 return 0;
5051 }
5052}
5053
5054/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005055/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005056/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005057/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005058/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005059/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005060/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005061QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005062 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5063 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5064
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005065 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5066 return Context.DependentTy;
5067
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005068 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5069 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5070 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5071 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5072 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5073 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5074 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5075 }
5076 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5077 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5078 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005079 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005080 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005081
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005082 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5083 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005084 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005085 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005086 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005087 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5088 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005089 return QualType();
5090 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005091 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005092 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5093 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5094 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005095 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005096 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5097 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005098 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005099 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005100 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005101 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005102 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5103 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5104 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5105 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5106 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005107 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5108 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005109 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5110 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005111 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005112 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005113 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5114 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005115 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005116 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5117 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005118 return QualType();
5119 }
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005120 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
5121 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005122 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005123 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005124 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005125 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5126 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005127 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005128 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005129 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5130 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005131 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005132 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5133 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5134 return QualType();
5135 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005136
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005137 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5138 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005139 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005140 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005141 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005142 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005143 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005144 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5145 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005146 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5147 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5148 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005149 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005150 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005151
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005152 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5153 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5154 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5155 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5156 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5157 }
5158
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005159 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005160 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005161}
5162
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005163QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005164 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5165 return Context.DependentTy;
5166
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005167 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5168 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005169
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005170 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5171 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5172 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5173 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005174 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005175 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005176
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005177 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005178 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005179
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005180 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005181 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005182 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005183}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005184
5185static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5186 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5187 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5188 switch (Kind) {
5189 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005190 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5191 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005192 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5193 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5194 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5195 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5196 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5197 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5198 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5199 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5200 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5201 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5202 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5203 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5204 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5205 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5206 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5207 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5208 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5209 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5210 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5211 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5212 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5213 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5214 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5215 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5216 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5217 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5218 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5219 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5220 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5221 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5222 }
5223 return Opc;
5224}
5225
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005226static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5227 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5228 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5229 switch (Kind) {
5230 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5231 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5232 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5233 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5234 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5235 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5236 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5237 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5238 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005239 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5240 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005241 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005242 }
5243 return Opc;
5244}
5245
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005246/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5247/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5248/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005249Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5250 unsigned Op,
5251 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005252 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005253 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005254 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5255 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5256 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005257
5258 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005259 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5260 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5261 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005262 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5263 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5264 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5265 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5266 break;
5267 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005268 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5269 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5270 break;
5271 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5272 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5273 break;
5274 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5275 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5276 break;
5277 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5278 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5279 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005280 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005281 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5282 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5283 break;
5284 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5285 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5286 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5287 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005288 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005289 break;
5290 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5291 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005292 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005293 break;
5294 case BinaryOperator::And:
5295 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5296 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5297 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5298 break;
5299 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5300 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5301 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5302 break;
5303 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5304 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005305 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5306 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5307 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5308 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005309 break;
5310 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005311 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5312 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5313 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5314 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005315 break;
5316 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005317 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5318 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5319 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005320 break;
5321 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005322 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5323 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5324 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005325 break;
5326 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5327 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005328 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5329 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5330 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5331 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005332 break;
5333 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5334 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5335 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005336 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5337 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5338 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5339 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005340 break;
5341 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5342 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5343 break;
5344 }
5345 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005346 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005347 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005348 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5349 else
5350 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005351 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5352 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005353}
5354
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005355/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5356/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005357static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5358 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5359 SourceRange ParenRange)
5360{
5361 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5362 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5363 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5364 // warning/error and return.
5365 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5366 return;
5367 }
5368
5369 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5370 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5371 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5372}
5373
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005374/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5375/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5376/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5377/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005378static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5379 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005380 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5381 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5382 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5383 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005384 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005385 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005386 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5387
5388 // Subs are not binary operators.
5389 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5390 return;
5391
5392 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5393 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005394 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5395 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005396 return;
5397
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005398 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005399 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5400 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005401 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5402 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5403 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5404 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005405 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5406 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005407 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5408 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5409 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005410}
5411
5412/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5413/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5414/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5415static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5416 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005417 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005418 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5419}
5420
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005421// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005422Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5423 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5424 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005425 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005426 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005427
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005428 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5429 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005430
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005431 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5432 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5433
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005434 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005435 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005436 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5437 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5438 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5439 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5440 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005441 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005442 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5443 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5444 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5445 Functions);
5446 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005447 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005448 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005449 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005450 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005451
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005452 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5453 // binary operation.
5454 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005455 }
5456
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005457 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5458 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005459}
5460
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005461Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005462 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005463 ExprArg InputArg) {
5464 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005465
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005466 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005467 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005468 QualType resultType;
5469 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005470 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5471 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5472 break;
5473
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005474 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5475 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005476 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5477 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005478 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005479 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5480 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005481 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005482 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005483 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005484 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005485 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005486 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005487 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005488 break;
5489 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5490 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005491 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5492 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005493 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5494 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005495 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5496 break;
5497 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5498 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5499 break;
5500 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5501 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5502 resultType->isPointerType())
5503 break;
5504
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005505 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5506 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005507 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005508 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5509 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005510 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5511 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005512 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5513 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5514 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005515 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005516 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005517 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005518 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5519 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005520 break;
5521 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005522 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005523 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5524 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005525 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5526 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005527 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005528 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5529 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005530 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005531 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5532 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005533 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005534 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005535 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005536 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005537 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005538 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005539 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005540 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005541 }
5542 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005543 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005544
5545 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005546 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005547}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005548
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005549// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5550Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5551 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5552 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5553 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5554
5555 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5556 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5557 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5558 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5559 // the arguments.
5560 FunctionSet Functions;
5561 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5562 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5563 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5564 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005565 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005566 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005567 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005568 }
5569
5570 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5571 }
5572
5573 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5574}
5575
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005576/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005577Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5578 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5579 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005580 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005581 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005582
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005583 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5584 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005585 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005586 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005587
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005588 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005589 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5590 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005591}
5592
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005593Sema::OwningExprResult
5594Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5595 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5596 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005597 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5598 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5599
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005600 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005601 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005602 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005603
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005604 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5605 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5606 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005607
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005608 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5609 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5610 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005611
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005612 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5613 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5614 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5615 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5616 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005617
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005618 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005619 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005620 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005621
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005622 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5623 // expressions are not lvalues.
5624
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005625 substmt.release();
5626 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005627}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005628
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005629Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5630 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5631 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5632 TypeTy *argty,
5633 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5634 unsigned NumComponents,
5635 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5636 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5637 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005638 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5639 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005640 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005641
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005642 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5643
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005644 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5645 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5646 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005647 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005648 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005649
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005650 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5651 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005652
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005653 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5654 // the offsetof designators.
5655 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5656 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005657 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005658 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005659
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005660 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5661 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005662 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5663 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005664 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005665 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5666 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005667
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005668 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005669 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005670
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005671 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5672 // leaks like a sieve.
5673 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5674 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5675 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5676 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5677 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5678 if (!AT) {
5679 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005680 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5681 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005682 }
5683
5684 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5685
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005686 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5687 // expression.
5688 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5689
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005690 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5691 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005692 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005693 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005694 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005695 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005696 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005697
5698 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5699 OC.LocEnd);
5700 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005701 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005702
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005703 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005704 if (!RC) {
5705 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005706 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5707 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005708 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005709
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005710 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5711 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005712 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005713 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005714 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5715 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5716 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005717 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5718 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005719 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005720
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005721 LookupResult R;
5722 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD, OC.U.IdentInfo, LookupMemberName);
5723
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005724 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005725 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005726 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005727 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005728 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5729 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005730
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005731 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5732 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005733 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005734 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5735 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005736 } else {
5737 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5738 // doesn't matter here.
5739 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5740 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5741 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005742 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005743 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005744
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005745 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5746 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005747}
5748
5749
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005750Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5751 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5752 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005753 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5754 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5755 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005756
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005757 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005758
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005759 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5760 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5761 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5762 return ExprError();
5763 }
5764
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005765 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5766 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005767}
5768
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005769Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5770 ExprArg cond,
5771 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5772 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5773 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5774 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5775 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005776
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005777 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5778
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005779 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005780 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005781 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005782 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005783 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005784 } else {
5785 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5786 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5787 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5788 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005789 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5790 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5791 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005792
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005793 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5794 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005795 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5796 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005797 }
5798
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005799 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5800 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005801 resType, RPLoc,
5802 resType->isDependentType(),
5803 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005804}
5805
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005806//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5807// Clang Extensions.
5808//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5809
5810/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005811void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005812 // Analyze block parameters.
5813 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005814
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005815 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5816 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5817 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005818
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005819 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005820 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005821 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005822 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005823 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5824 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005825
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005826 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005827 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005828}
5829
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005830void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005831 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005832
5833 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5834 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005835 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005836 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5837
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005838 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5839 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5840 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5841 return;
5842 }
5843
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005844 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5845 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5846 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5847
5848 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5849 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005850 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005851 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005852 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005853 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005854 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5855 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005856 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005857
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005858 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5859 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5860 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5861 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5862 return;
5863 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005864 return;
5865 }
5866
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005867 // Analyze arguments to block.
5868 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5869 "Not a function declarator!");
5870 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005871
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005872 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5873 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005874
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005875 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5876 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5877 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5878 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005879 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5880 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005881 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005882 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005883 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5884 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005885 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005886 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005887 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005888 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005889 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005890 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005891 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005892 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5893 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5894 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5895 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5896 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005897
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005898 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005899 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005900 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005901 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005902 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005903 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5904 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005905
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005906 // Analyze the return type.
5907 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005908 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005909
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005910 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5911 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5912 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5913 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5914 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005915 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005916}
5917
5918/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5919/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5920void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5921 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5922 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005923
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005924 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5925
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005926 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005927 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005928 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005929 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005930}
5931
5932/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5933/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005934Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5935 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005936 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5937 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5938 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005939
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005940 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5941 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005942
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005943 PopDeclContext();
5944
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005945 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5946 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005947
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005948 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005949 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5950 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005951
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005952 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5953 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5954 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005955
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005956 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005957 QualType BlockTy;
5958 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005959 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5960 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005961 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005962 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005963 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5964 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005965
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005966 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005967 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005968 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005969
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005970 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5971 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5972 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5973 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005974
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005975 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005976 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005977 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5978 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005979}
5980
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005981Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5982 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5983 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005984 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005985 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5986 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005987
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005988 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005989
5990 // Get the va_list type
5991 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005992 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5993 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5994 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5995 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005996 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005997 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5998 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5999 } else {
6000 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6001 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006002 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006003 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006004 return ExprError();
6005 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006006
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006007 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6008 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006009 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6010 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006011 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006012 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006013
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006014 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006015 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006016
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006017 expr.release();
6018 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6019 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006020}
6021
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006022Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006023 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6024 // pointers on the target.
6025 QualType Ty;
6026 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6027 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6028 else
6029 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6030
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006031 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006032}
6033
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006034bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6035 SourceLocation Loc,
6036 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6037 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6038 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6039 bool isInvalid = false;
6040 unsigned DiagKind;
6041 switch (ConvTy) {
6042 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6043 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006044 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006045 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6046 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006047 case IntToPointer:
6048 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6049 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006050 case IncompatiblePointer:
6051 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6052 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006053 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6054 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6055 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006056 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6057 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6058 break;
6059 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006060 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6061 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6062 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6063 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6064 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6065 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6066 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6067 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6068 // C++ semantics.
6069 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6070 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6071 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006072 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6073 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006074 case IntToBlockPointer:
6075 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6076 break;
6077 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006078 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006079 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006080 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006081 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006082 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6083 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6084 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006085 case IncompatibleVectors:
6086 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6087 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006088 case Incompatible:
6089 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6090 isInvalid = true;
6091 break;
6092 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006093
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006094 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
6095 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006096 return isInvalid;
6097}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006098
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006099bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006100 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6101 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6102 if (Result)
6103 *Result = ICEResult;
6104 return false;
6105 }
6106
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006107 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6108
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006109 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006110 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6111 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6112
6113 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6114 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6115 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6116 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6117 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6118 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6119 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006120
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006121 return true;
6122 }
6123
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006124 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6125 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006126
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006127 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6128 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6129 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006130
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006131 if (Result)
6132 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6133 return false;
6134}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006135
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006136Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6137Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006138 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6139 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6140 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006141
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006142 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6143 return NewContext;
6144}
6145
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006146void
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006147Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6148 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6149 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6150
6151 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6152 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6153 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6154 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6155 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6156 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6157 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006158
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006159 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6160 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6161 I != IEnd; ++I)
6162 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6163 }
6164}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006165
6166/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6167///
6168/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6169/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6170/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6171/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6172///
6173/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6174///
6175/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6176void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6177 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006178
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006179 if (D->isUsed())
6180 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006181
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006182 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6183 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6184 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6185 // -Wunused-parameters)
6186 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6187 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006188 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006189
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006190 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6191 // an instantiation.
6192 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6193 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006194
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006195 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6196 case Unevaluated:
6197 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6198 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006199
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006200 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6201 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6202 // "used"; handle this below.
6203 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006204
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006205 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6206 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6207 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6208 // potentially evaluated.
6209 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6210 return;
6211 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006212
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006213 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006214 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006215 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006216 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6217 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6218 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006219 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006220 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006221 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6222 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6223 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006224 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6225 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6226 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006227
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006228 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6229 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6230 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6231 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6232 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6233 }
6234 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006235 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006236 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006237 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006238 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006239 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6240 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6241 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6242 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6243 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006244 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6245 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006246 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6247 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6248 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6249 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6250 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006251 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6252 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006253 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6254 }
6255
6256 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6257 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6258 }
6259
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006260 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006261 Function->setUsed(true);
6262 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006263 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006264
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006265 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006266 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006267 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006268 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6269 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6270 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6271 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6272 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6273 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6274 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6275 }
6276 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006277
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006278 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006279
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006280 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006281 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006282 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006283}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006284
6285bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6286 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6287 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6288 return false;
6289
6290 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6291 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6292 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6293 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6294
6295 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6296 FD ?
6297 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6298 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6299 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6300 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6301 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6302 return true;
6303
6304 return false;
6305}
6306
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006307// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6308// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6309void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6310 SourceLocation Loc;
6311
6312 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6313 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6314 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6315 return;
6316
6317 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6318 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6319 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6320 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6321 return;
6322
6323 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6324 } else {
6325 // Not an assignment.
6326 return;
6327 }
6328
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006329 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006330 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006331
6332 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_condition_is_assignment)
6333 << E->getSourceRange()
6334 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6335 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6336}
6337
6338bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6339 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6340
6341 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6342 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6343
6344 QualType T = E->getType();
6345
6346 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6347 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6348 return true;
6349 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6350 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6351 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6352 return true;
6353 }
6354 }
6355
6356 return false;
6357}